HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf
-
Upload
alapati-nageswara-rao -
Category
Documents
-
view
13 -
download
9
Transcript of HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification-WLAN Courses
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization
Experiment Guide for Engineers
Huawei Technologies CO LTD All Rights Reserved
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 2 of 81
Copyright copy Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2014 All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders
Notice The purchased products services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer All or part of the products services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied
The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents but all statements information and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind express or implied
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81
Huawei Certification System
Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels
According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose
WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization
Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81
About This Document
Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures
Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization
Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning
Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning
Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods
Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning
Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks
Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network
Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81
Icons
RADIUS server
Wireless controller(AC)
Wireless access point(AP)
Switch
Wireless users(STA)eSight server
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81
Lab Environment Overview
Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester
Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions
Software required and their versions
Software Version
Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later
eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later
Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification-WLAN Courses
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization
Experiment Guide for Engineers
Huawei Technologies CO LTD All Rights Reserved
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 2 of 81
Copyright copy Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2014 All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders
Notice The purchased products services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer All or part of the products services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied
The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents but all statements information and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind express or implied
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81
Huawei Certification System
Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels
According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose
WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization
Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81
About This Document
Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures
Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization
Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning
Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning
Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods
Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning
Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks
Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network
Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81
Icons
RADIUS server
Wireless controller(AC)
Wireless access point(AP)
Switch
Wireless users(STA)eSight server
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81
Lab Environment Overview
Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester
Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions
Software required and their versions
Software Version
Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later
eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later
Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 2 of 81
Copyright copy Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2014 All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders
Notice The purchased products services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer All or part of the products services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied
The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents but all statements information and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind express or implied
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81
Huawei Certification System
Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels
According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose
WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization
Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81
About This Document
Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures
Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization
Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning
Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning
Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods
Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning
Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks
Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network
Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81
Icons
RADIUS server
Wireless controller(AC)
Wireless access point(AP)
Switch
Wireless users(STA)eSight server
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81
Lab Environment Overview
Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester
Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions
Software required and their versions
Software Version
Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later
eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later
Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81
Huawei Certification System
Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels
According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose
WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization
Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81
About This Document
Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures
Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization
Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning
Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning
Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods
Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning
Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks
Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network
Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81
Icons
RADIUS server
Wireless controller(AC)
Wireless access point(AP)
Switch
Wireless users(STA)eSight server
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81
Lab Environment Overview
Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester
Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions
Software required and their versions
Software Version
Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later
eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later
Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81
About This Document
Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures
Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization
Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning
Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning
Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods
Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning
Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks
Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network
Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81
Icons
RADIUS server
Wireless controller(AC)
Wireless access point(AP)
Switch
Wireless users(STA)eSight server
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81
Lab Environment Overview
Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester
Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions
Software required and their versions
Software Version
Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later
eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later
Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81
Icons
RADIUS server
Wireless controller(AC)
Wireless access point(AP)
Switch
Wireless users(STA)eSight server
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81
Lab Environment Overview
Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester
Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions
Software required and their versions
Software Version
Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later
eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later
Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81
Lab Environment Overview
Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester
Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions
Software required and their versions
Software Version
Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later
eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later
Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81
Contents
About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4
Icons 5
Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17
141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50
Device Selection 50
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81
Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53
Result Verification (Optional) 54
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81
Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
Objective
After completing this experiment you will know how to
Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner
Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement indoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81
Configuration Procedure
11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist
(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode
Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth
Target coverage areas
Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none
Signal strength
Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode
Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode
PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81
Item Description Result No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning
Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy
Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
Time
Location
Huawei Signature
Customer Signature
12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
Formulas involved are as follows
Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)
Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits
AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81
AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user
(2)) = 2
Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5
2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started
Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows
The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81
13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs
Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters
On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81
The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices
If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81
Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81
The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81
14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81
141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment
Click OK A project is created
Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81
Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges
142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning
This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81
On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab
Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed
Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing
After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale
Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to
Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it
Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81
Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure
143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81
1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to
enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool
automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line
distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines
The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing
NOTE
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw the coverage area
Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap
The following figure shows the configured coverage areas
Right-click or double-click a created coverage area
Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box
Click Save
NOTE
Common Area
Coverage
Hole
Core Area
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81
3 Configure the AP deployment area
Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas
4 Configure the interference source (optional)
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source
You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation
Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing
Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation
NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81
Click Save
144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs
After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81
The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing
After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81
145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements
Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In
indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram
Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength
Open environment signal simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing
Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram
This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81
Click the color scheme button to adjust the color
After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step
Access Simulation
On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81
Click Access Simulation in the toolbar
In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point
Deploy the simulation access points
Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point
146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers
On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed
Deploy the switch and AC
This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo
re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81
Select a network cable type from the toolbar
Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81
147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers
1 Export the material list
Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed
Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file
Open the file to view the contents
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
AP AP6010DN 5
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81
BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks
Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1
AC AC6005-8 1
Network cable
Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin
2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is
displayed
After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated
Open the report to view contents
148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-1 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 6
5G 200 dBm 153
AP-2 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 161
AP-3 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 165
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81
AP list
AP Name
AP Model
Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)
Installation Mode
Radio Type
Output Power Channel
AP-4 AP6010DN
260 Ceiling mounting
24G 200 dBm 1
5G 200 dBm 149
AP-5 AP6010DN
260 Wall mounting
24G 200 dBm 11
5G 200 dBm 157
View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81
Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
Objectives
After completing this experiment you will be able to
Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning
Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks
Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists
Configuration Roadmap
Clarify customer requirements
Calculate the AP quantity
Select proper devices
Implement outdoor network planning
Export the planning report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81
Configuration Procedure
21 Clarify Customer Requirements
WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
Item Description Result
Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts
CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided
Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking
Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user
Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits
Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density
Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center
Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength
Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength
Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer
AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement
Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement
Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email
Video
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81
Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)
applications
Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported
Yes No
Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode
Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK
Acceptance items and standards
Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer
None
22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81
23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81
The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers
To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas
Exercises
1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81
24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed
Set parameters as follows
25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing
Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed
Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81
After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure
26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect
1 Set obstacles
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing
Set the obstacle height based on actual situations
Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw obstacles based on the actual environment
2 Configure the coverage area
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81
Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar
Draw coverage areas in the drawing
3 Configure the interference source
On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed
Click Interference Source in the toolbar
Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes
The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)
27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment
In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81
Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area
Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance
Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage
Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel
The following is an adjustment example
Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81
Set signal coverage parameters of the AP
Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area
Right-click the AP icon and select
On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP
Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81
Draw Network Bridges
Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites
If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height
After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information
28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height
The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81
The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81
29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report
Generate WLAN Planning Report
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81
Exercises
Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)
210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified
BOM
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
AP AP6510DN 5
AP AP6610DN 5
27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi
10
27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi
4
27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12
27110001 RF load 10
RF cable with type-N male connectors
8
Waterproof and insulation tapes
Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables
Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81
BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks
Ground cable Several
Example of an AP list
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81
Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know basic contents of an overall design
Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario
Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power
This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design
Configuration Roadmap
Device selection
Networking design
Redundancy design
Security design
Roaming design
Configuration Procedure
Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81
Device Quantity Device Model
AC
PoE switch
AP
Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows
Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81
Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes
Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup
WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection
Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection
Solution Selected Reasons
AC Redundancy
AP Redundancy
Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81
Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis
Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication
Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)
Security policies for the wired networks include
Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list
Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection
Security Category Solution Reasons
WLAN border security
WLAN access security (employees)
WLAN access security (guests)
WLAN service security
Wired network security
Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example
Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81
WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel
Mesh design AP role Data route Channel
High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS
Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server
hellip
Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81
Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design
Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81
Configuration Roadmap
Device naming
Device version
IP address design
Interconnection design
Service set design
Configuration Procedure
41 Device Naming
Item Product Model
Identifier (MAC)
Device Name Device Installation Position
AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room
AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room
AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1
AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1
AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1
hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip
AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4
42 Device Version
Device Model Software Version
AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc
AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81
43 Address Design VLAN Design
VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks
Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)
Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)
Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)
Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)
Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)
Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)
Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)
IP Address Design
Item Interface Address Remarks
AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch
Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel
Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch
Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch
AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81
Item Interface Address Remarks
AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses
hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324
AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024
DSW1 hellip hellip hellip
44 Interconnection Design
Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description
DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP
DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002
DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP
DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002
ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs
ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000
hellip hellip hellip
ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000
45 Service Set Design
Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode
Security (Other Features)
XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit
XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding
XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding
Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81
46 High Availability Design
Protection Object Implementation Technology
Remarks
AC Dual-link backup + HSB
HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel
AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)
Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP
Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy
47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner
If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of
WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system
hellip
48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81
Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to
Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods
Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required
Test Procedure
AP scanning
AP locating
One-key acceptance
Test Procedure
51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool
Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)
52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81
Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning
You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set
53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81
Select a NIC and the AP to locate
Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81
When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP
54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81
Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed
Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81
Select acceptance test items
Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81
After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)
During the test you can click to check details
55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results
Click to export the test report
Open the report and make analysis for network optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81
Test record details
Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time
2014-03-11 092001
huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001
RSSI and SNR test
SSID Test
Record
Average
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Maximum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Minimum
Field
Strength
(dBm)
Field
Strength
Fluctuation
(dB)
Maximum
Co-Channel
Interference
(dBm)
Maximum
Adjacent-Ch
annel
Interference
(dBm)
SNR
(dB)
Test Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
AP association test
SSID Test Record
Access Attempt Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Maximum Delay (ms)
Minimum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Access Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
HCP test
SSID Test
Record
Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Maximum
Delay (ms)
Minimum
Delay
(ms)
Average
Delay
(ms)
Lease
Time
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voi
ce(5CF8A
1A3ADA
7)
2014-03-
11
0920
01
3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
100 Succeeded
KPI
Reference
Value
- - - - - - le 15000 le
1day(s)0ho
ur(s)0minut
e(s)0second
(s)
ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81
PING test
SSID Test Record Test Times
Success Count
Failure Count
Minimum Delay (ms)
Maximum Delay (ms)
Average Delay (ms)
Success Rate
Result
huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)
2014-03-11 092001
30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded
KPI Reference Value
- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
Web browsing test
SSID Test
Record
Web Address Test
Times
Success
Count
Failure
Count
Average Delay
of the First
Packet (ms)
Average
Loading
Duration (ms)
Success
Rate
Result
huawei-voice(
5CF8A1A3
ADA7)
2014-03-11
092001
wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed
KPI Reference
Value
- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -
2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81
Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master
Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods
Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)
Optimization Roadmap
Capacity optimization
Radio calibration
Roaming optimization
Optimization Procedure
61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81
62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration
snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000
undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable
snmp-agent
http timeout 3
vlan batch 100 to 103 800
dhcp enable
diffserv domain default
pki realm default
enrollment self-signed
acl number 3001
rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0
rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255
rule 15 permit ip
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81
aaa
authentication-scheme default
authorization-scheme default
accounting-scheme default
domain default
domain default_admin
local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw
local-user admin service-type http
interface Vlanif103
ip address 1921681031 2552552550
traffic-filter inbound acl 3001
dhcp select interface
dhcp server dns-list 8888
interface Vlanif800
ip address 101201100 2552552550
interface GigabitEthernet001
port link-type trunk
port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800
interface GigabitEthernet002
interface GigabitEthernet003
interface GigabitEthernet004
interface GigabitEthernet005
interface GigabitEthernet006
interface GigabitEthernet007
interface GigabitEthernet008
interface Wlan-Ess0
port hybrid pvid vlan 101
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81
port hybrid pvid vlan 102
port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102
interface Wlan-Ess2
port hybrid untagged vlan 103
interface NULL0
ospf 1 router-id 2222
area 0000
network 101201100 0000
area 000103
network 1921681031 0000
user-interface con 0
authentication-mode password
user-interface vty 0 4
user-interface vty 16 20
wlan
wlan ac source interface vlanif800
ap-region id 101
ap-region id 102
ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E
region-id 101
ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543
region-id 101
ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016
region-id 102
ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B
region-id 102
wmm-profile name wmm id 0
traffic-profile name tra id 0
security-profile name sec id 0
service-set name region101 id 0
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 0
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 101
service-set name region102 id 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 1
ssid employee
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 102
service-set name guest103 id 2
forward-mode tunnel
wlan-ess 2
ssid guest103
traffic-profile id 0
security-profile id 0
service-vlan 103
radio-profile name 2g11n id 0
radio-type 80211bgn
wmm-profile id 0
radio-profile name 5g11n id 1
radio-type 80211an
wmm-profile id 0
ap 0 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 0 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 153
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 1 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
channel 40MHz-minus 161
service-set id 0 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 11
service-set id 1 wlan 1
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 2 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 0
radio-profile id 0
channel 20MHz 6
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
ap 3 radio 1
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
return
63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis
Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI
Optimization Commands
[AC6005]wlan
[AC6005-wlan-view]
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short
[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this
radio-profile id 1
service-set id 1 wlan 1
service-set id 2 wlan 2
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153
[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161
[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this
After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrate status enable
Channel 153
Channel bandwidth 40-MHz
Power level
64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis
A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process
When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs
Optimization Commands
Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all
All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP AP AP Profile AP AP
Region
ID Type MAC ID State Sysname
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0
1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1
2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2
3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number 4
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable
[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102
You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default
Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night
Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000
listen-uncontrol-neighbor
Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10
[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable
[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config
Sta-load-balance config
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sta-load-balance enable Yes
Sta-load-balance mode Session
Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25
Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20
Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis
If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms
Optimization Commands
[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0
[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap
After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved
NOTE
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers
2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81
66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1
The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy
1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download
Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material
MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can
download training material in the specific training introduction page
3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)
ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security
Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors
MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as
it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with
Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)
More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-
- WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
-
- Overview
- Description
- Background Knowledge Required
- Icons
- Lab Environment Overview
-
- Networking Description
- Software Description
-
- Software required and their versions
-
- Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objective
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 12 Calculate AP Quantity
-
- 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
- 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
-
- 13 Select WLAN Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
- 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
-
- 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
-
- 141 Create a Project
- 142 Import the Building Drawing
- 143 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the AP deployment area
- 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
-
- 144 Deploy APs
- 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
- 147 Export Network Planning Reports
-
- 1 Export the material list
- 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
- Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
-
- 148 Verify the Result
-
- Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
-
- WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
-
- 22 Calculate AP Quantity
- 23 Select Devices
-
- 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
- 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
-
- 24 Create a Project
- 25 Import the Google Earth Map
- 26 Configure the Environment
-
- 1 Set obstacles
- 2 Configure the coverage area
- 3 Configure the interference source
-
- 27 Deploy APs
- 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
- 29 Export Network Planning Reports
- 210 Verify the Result
-
- BOM
-
- Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
-
- Device Selection
- Networking Design
- Redundancy Design
- Security Design
- Roaming Design and Other Designs
-
- Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Configuration Roadmap
- Configuration Procedure
- 41 Device Naming
- 42 Device Version
- 43 Address Design
- 44 Interconnection Design
- 45 Service Set Design
- 46 High Availability Design
- 47 AP Location Design
- 48 Result Verification (Optional)
-
- Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Test Procedure
- Test Procedure
- 51 Software Installation
- 52 AP Scanning
- 53 AP Locating
- 54 One-Key Acceptance
- 55 Result Verification
-
- Test record details
- RSSI and SNR test
- AP association test
- HCP test
- PING test
- Web browsing test
-
- Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
-
- Objectives
- Scenario Description
- Optimization Roadmap
- Optimization Procedure
- 61 Network Topology
- 62 AC Preconfigurations
- 63 Capacity Optimization
- 64 Radio Calibration
- 65 Roaming Optimization
- 66 Result Verification
-
- 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
-
- The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
-